mirror of
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/network/wireless/iwd.git
synced 2024-12-30 14:22:37 +01:00
979380aaf3
This includes the recently merged CONTROL_PORT patches
5605 lines
236 KiB
C
5605 lines
236 KiB
C
#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
|
|
#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
|
|
/*
|
|
* 802.11 netlink interface public header
|
|
*
|
|
* Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
|
* Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
|
|
* Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
|
|
* Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
|
|
* Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
|
|
* Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
|
|
* Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
|
|
* Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
|
|
*
|
|
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
|
|
* purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
|
|
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
|
|
*
|
|
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
|
|
* WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
|
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
|
|
* ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
|
|
* WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
|
|
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
|
|
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
|
|
* be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
|
|
* unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
|
|
*
|
|
* Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
|
|
* an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
|
|
* are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
|
|
* needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
|
|
* can actually be identified and removed.
|
|
* Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/types.h>
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
|
|
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
|
|
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
|
|
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
|
|
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
|
|
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
|
|
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Station handling
|
|
*
|
|
* Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
|
|
* interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
|
|
* into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
|
|
* The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
|
|
* to.
|
|
*
|
|
* Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
|
|
* capabilities.
|
|
*
|
|
* For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
|
|
* and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
|
|
* - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
|
|
* or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
|
|
* - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
|
|
* to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
|
|
* time mark it authorized.
|
|
* - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
|
|
* - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
|
|
* the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
|
|
*
|
|
* TODO: need more info for other interface types
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
|
|
*
|
|
* Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
|
|
* management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
|
|
* that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
|
|
* certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
|
|
* for various reasons.
|
|
*
|
|
* Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
|
|
* cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
|
|
* specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
|
|
* certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
|
|
* that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
|
|
* driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
|
|
* for doing that.
|
|
*
|
|
* The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
|
|
* driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
|
|
* attributes so applications know what to expect.
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
|
|
* these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
|
|
* changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
|
|
* lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
|
|
* any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
|
|
* will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
|
|
*
|
|
* Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
|
|
* responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
|
|
* but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
|
|
* status is indicated to the sending socket.
|
|
*
|
|
* For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
|
|
* below.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
|
|
*
|
|
* Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
|
|
* more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
|
|
* is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
|
|
* on the types of concurrency that are supported.
|
|
*
|
|
* To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
|
|
* the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
|
|
* types there no concurrency is implied.
|
|
*
|
|
* Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
|
|
* To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
|
|
* software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
|
|
* an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
|
|
* are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
|
|
* cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
|
|
* is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
|
|
* in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
|
|
* it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
|
|
* interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
|
|
* the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
|
|
* on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
|
|
* and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
|
|
* some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
|
|
*
|
|
* All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
|
|
* interfaces that a given device supports.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: packet coalesce support
|
|
*
|
|
* In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
|
|
* packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
|
|
* reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
|
|
* and power consumption.
|
|
*
|
|
* Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
|
|
* to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
|
|
* predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
|
|
* following events occur.
|
|
* a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
|
|
* coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
|
|
* b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
|
|
* c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
|
|
*
|
|
* User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
|
|
* rule.
|
|
* a) Maximum coalescing delay
|
|
* b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
|
|
* c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
|
|
* Multiple such rules can be created.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
|
|
*
|
|
* By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
|
|
* can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
|
|
* preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
|
|
* key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
|
|
* this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
|
|
* key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
|
|
* support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
|
|
*
|
|
* Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
|
|
* set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
|
|
* handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
|
|
* the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
|
|
* attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
|
|
*
|
|
* For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
|
|
* using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
|
|
*
|
|
* FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
|
|
* setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
|
|
* FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
|
|
* authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
|
|
* eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
|
|
* parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
|
|
* rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
|
|
* rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
|
|
* rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
|
|
* as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
|
|
*
|
|
* When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
|
|
* below additional parameters to userspace.
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
|
|
* %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
|
|
* The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
|
|
* later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
|
|
*
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
|
|
* capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
|
|
* PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
|
|
* on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
|
|
* %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
|
|
* use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
|
|
* to get a list of all present wiphys.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
|
|
* attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
|
|
* monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
|
|
* and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
|
|
* However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
|
|
* instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
|
|
* or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
|
|
* either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
|
|
* single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
|
|
* to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
|
|
* be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
|
|
* then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
|
|
* userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
|
|
* attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
|
|
* by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
|
|
* and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
|
|
* or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
|
|
* using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
|
|
* attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
|
|
* internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
|
|
* are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
|
|
* do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
|
|
* The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
|
|
* the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
|
|
* or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
|
|
* by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
|
|
* of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
|
|
* (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
|
|
* frame).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
|
|
* destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
|
|
* destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
|
|
* the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
|
|
* or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
|
|
* by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
|
|
* regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
|
|
* has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
|
|
* global regdomain will be returned.
|
|
* A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
|
|
* regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
|
|
* information will still be mended according to further hints from
|
|
* the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
|
|
* is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
|
|
* all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
|
|
* If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
|
|
* its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
|
|
* core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
|
|
* after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
|
|
* domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
|
|
* current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
|
|
* NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
|
|
* regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
|
|
* to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
|
|
* store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
|
|
* interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
|
|
* interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
|
|
* interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
|
|
* frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
|
|
* added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
|
|
* added to all specified management frames generated by
|
|
* kernel/firmware/driver.
|
|
* Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
|
|
* point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
|
|
* command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
|
|
* option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
|
|
* probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
|
|
* specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
|
|
* be used.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
|
|
* partial scan results may be available
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
|
|
* intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
|
|
* not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
|
|
* scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
|
|
* These attributes are mutually exculsive,
|
|
* i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
|
|
* NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
|
|
* If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
|
|
* plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
|
|
* Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
|
|
* are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
|
|
* broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
|
|
* string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
|
|
* a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
|
|
* if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
|
|
* passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
|
|
* are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
|
|
* using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
|
|
* scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
|
|
* is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
|
|
* scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
|
|
* scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
|
|
* as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
|
|
* results available.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
|
|
* stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
|
|
* scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
|
|
* does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
|
|
* a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
|
|
* is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
|
|
* or noise level
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
|
|
* (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
|
|
* (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
|
|
* using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
|
|
* authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
|
|
* advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
|
|
* ESS.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
|
|
* (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
|
|
* authentication.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
|
|
* has been changed and provides details of the request information
|
|
* that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
|
|
* (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
|
|
* (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
|
|
* the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
|
|
* %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
|
|
* set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
|
|
* %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
|
|
* to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
|
|
* has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
|
|
* any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
|
|
* where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
|
|
* if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
|
|
* driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
|
|
* doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
|
|
* on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
|
|
* or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
|
|
* never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
|
|
* enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
|
|
* either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
|
|
* userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
|
|
* (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
|
|
* before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
|
|
* the beacon hint was processed.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
|
|
* This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
|
|
* as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
|
|
* authentication process.
|
|
* When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
|
|
* interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
|
|
* BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
|
|
* the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
|
|
* request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
|
|
* to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
|
|
* is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
|
|
* define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
|
|
* to be added to the frame.
|
|
* When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
|
|
* frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
|
|
* frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
|
|
* state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
|
|
* MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
|
|
* included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
|
|
* (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
|
|
* also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
|
|
* case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
|
|
* pending authentication timed out).
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
|
|
* (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
|
|
* MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
|
|
* request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
|
|
* included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
|
|
* included).
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
|
|
* MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
|
|
* primitives).
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
|
|
* MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
|
|
* MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
|
|
* event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
|
|
* the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
|
|
* type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
|
|
* event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
|
|
* FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
|
|
* and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
|
|
* should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
|
|
* executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
|
|
* may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
|
|
* given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
|
|
* given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
|
|
* determined by the network interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
|
|
* to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
|
|
* to the driver.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
|
|
* requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
|
|
* auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
|
|
* IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
|
|
* If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
|
|
* restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
|
|
* within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
|
|
* can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
|
|
* allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
|
|
* ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
|
|
* set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
|
|
* the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
|
|
* a different BSS is desired.
|
|
* Background scan period can optionally be
|
|
* specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
|
|
* if not specified default background scan configuration
|
|
* in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
|
|
* This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
|
|
* It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
|
|
* connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
|
|
* determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
|
|
* non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
|
|
* event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
|
|
* authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
|
|
* Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
|
|
* well to remain backwards compatible.
|
|
* When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
|
|
* handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
|
|
* the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
|
|
* When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
|
|
* the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
|
|
* handshake), this event should be followed by an
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
|
|
* userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
|
|
* reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
|
|
* associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
|
|
* channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
|
|
* off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
|
|
* a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
|
|
* radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
|
|
* frequency for the operation.
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
|
|
* to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
|
|
* notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
|
|
* driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
|
|
* radio).
|
|
* When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
|
|
* that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
|
|
* the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
|
|
* pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
|
|
* completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
|
|
* radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
|
|
* uniquely identify the request.
|
|
* This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
|
|
* remain-on-channel duration has expired.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
|
|
* rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
|
|
* and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
|
|
* (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
|
|
* requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
|
|
* backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
|
|
* and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
|
|
* that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
|
|
* four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
|
|
* cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
|
|
* socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
|
|
* backward compatibility
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
|
|
* command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
|
|
* as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
|
|
* kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
|
|
* user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
|
|
* frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
|
|
* to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
|
|
* received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
|
|
* or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
|
|
* and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
|
|
* specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
|
|
* returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
|
|
* TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
|
|
* management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
|
|
* counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
|
|
* is used during CSA period.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
|
|
* command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
|
|
* time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
|
|
* transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
|
|
* the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
|
|
* frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
|
|
* the frame.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
|
|
* backward compatibility.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
|
|
* is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
|
|
* levels.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
|
|
* command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
|
|
* reached.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
|
|
* and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
|
|
* (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
|
|
* In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
|
|
* with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
|
|
* When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
|
|
* no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
|
|
* of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
|
|
* precedence when they are used.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
|
|
* multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
|
|
* with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
|
|
* will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
|
|
* MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
|
|
* break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
|
|
* unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
|
|
* to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
|
|
* This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
|
|
* type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
|
|
* (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
|
|
* If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
|
|
* command, the feature is disabled.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
|
|
* mesh config parameters may be given.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
|
|
* network is determined by the network interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
|
|
* notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
|
|
* deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
|
|
* notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
|
|
* disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
|
|
* beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
|
|
* sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
|
|
* candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
|
|
* notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
|
|
* (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
|
|
* reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
|
|
* new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
|
|
* depending on the authentication result.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
|
|
* Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
|
|
* various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
|
|
* command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
|
|
* more background information, see
|
|
* http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
|
|
* The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
|
|
* from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
|
|
* for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
|
|
* in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
|
|
* wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
|
|
* the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
|
|
* feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
|
|
* is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
|
|
* contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
|
|
* this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
|
|
* inform userspace of the new replay counter.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
|
|
* of PMKSA caching dandidates.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
|
|
* In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
|
|
* actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
|
|
* In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
|
|
* operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
|
|
* %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
|
|
* sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
|
|
* 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
|
|
* 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
|
|
* supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
|
|
* and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
|
|
* &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
|
|
* (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
|
|
* implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
|
|
* frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
|
|
* is received.
|
|
* For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
|
|
* other attributes like the interface index are present.
|
|
* If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
|
|
* only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
|
|
* is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
|
|
* associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
|
|
* and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
|
|
* to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
|
|
* by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
|
|
* acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
|
|
* direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
|
|
* up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
|
|
* has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
|
|
* other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
|
|
* OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
|
|
* messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
|
|
* No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
|
|
* independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
|
|
* attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
|
|
* sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
|
|
* from the remote AP) is completed;
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
|
|
* has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
|
|
* (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
|
|
* initiated on our own). It indicates that
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
|
|
* after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
|
|
* decide to react to this indication by requesting other
|
|
* interfaces to change channel as well.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
|
|
* its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
|
|
* P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
|
|
* public action frame TX.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
|
|
* its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
|
|
* notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
|
|
* station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
|
|
* is used for this.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
|
|
* for IBSS or MESH vif.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
|
|
* This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
|
|
* address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
|
|
* is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
|
|
* will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
|
|
* command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
|
|
* ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
|
|
* a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
|
|
* or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
|
|
* this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
|
|
* while operating on this channel.
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
|
|
* event.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
|
|
* i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
|
|
* Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
|
|
* Information Element to the WLAN driver
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
|
|
* to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
|
|
* with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
|
|
* received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
|
|
* a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
|
|
* complete.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
|
|
* return back to normal.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
|
|
* the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
|
|
* in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
|
|
* new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
|
|
* width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
|
|
* other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
|
|
* switch is complete.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
|
|
* by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
|
|
* For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
|
|
* used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
|
|
* (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
|
|
* This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
|
|
* The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
|
|
* that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
|
|
* QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
|
|
* association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
|
|
* and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
|
|
* Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
|
|
* userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
|
|
* up the TX TS in the driver/device.
|
|
* If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
|
|
* if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
|
|
* avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
|
|
* make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
|
|
* fail even if the check was successful.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
|
|
* and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
|
|
* before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
|
|
* or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
|
|
* destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
|
|
* bandwidth of a channel must be given.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
|
|
* network is determined by the network interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
|
|
* identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
|
|
* provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
|
|
* channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
|
|
* The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
|
|
* operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
|
|
* AP.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
|
|
* peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
|
|
* when this command completes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
|
|
* as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
|
|
* management.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
|
|
* not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
|
|
* cfg80211_scan_done().
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
|
|
* previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
|
|
* has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
|
|
* cluster. This command must have a valid
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
|
|
* omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
|
|
* decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
|
|
* added.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
|
|
* its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
|
|
* with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
|
|
* operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
|
|
* (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
|
|
* of the function upon success.
|
|
* Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
|
|
* way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
|
|
* event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
|
|
* function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
|
|
* which just terminated.
|
|
* This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
|
|
* returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
|
|
* the response to this command.
|
|
* Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
|
|
* This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
|
|
* terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
|
|
* and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
|
|
* configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
|
|
* was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
|
|
* attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
|
|
* current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
|
|
* set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
|
|
* (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
|
|
* This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
|
|
* for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
|
|
* BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
|
|
* does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
|
|
* only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
|
|
* for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
|
|
* When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
|
|
* PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
|
|
* configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
|
|
* &NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
|
|
* handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
|
|
* specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
|
|
* offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
|
|
* &NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or &NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
|
|
* &NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
|
|
* and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
|
|
* a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
|
|
* has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
|
|
* frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
|
|
* 802.11 headers.
|
|
* When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
|
|
* indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
|
|
* was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
|
|
* drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
|
|
* association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
|
|
* This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
|
|
* to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
|
|
* driver) to indicate the authentication status.
|
|
*
|
|
* User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
|
|
* trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
|
|
* this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
|
|
* space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
|
|
* space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
|
|
* further with the association after getting successful authentication
|
|
* status. User space indicates the authentication status through
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
|
|
* command interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
|
|
* user space through the connect result as the user space would have
|
|
* initiated the connection through the connect request.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
|
|
* ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of &NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
|
|
* &NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,&NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
|
|
* address(specified in &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
|
|
* @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_commands {
|
|
/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
|
|
|
|
/* add new commands above here */
|
|
|
|
/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
|
|
__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
|
|
* here
|
|
*/
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
|
|
|
|
/* source-level API compatibility */
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
|
|
#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
|
|
* /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
|
|
* defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
|
|
* and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
|
|
* of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
|
|
* documentation of the enum for more information.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
|
|
* channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
|
|
* channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
|
|
* if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
|
|
* NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
|
|
* this attribute)
|
|
* NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
|
|
* NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
|
|
* NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
|
|
* This attribute is now deprecated.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
|
|
* less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
|
|
* dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
|
|
* greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
|
|
* dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
|
|
* length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
|
|
* fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
|
|
* larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
|
|
* 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
|
|
* section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
|
|
* that don't have a netdev (u64)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
|
|
* 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
|
|
* keys
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
|
|
* section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
|
|
* CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
|
|
* default management key
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
|
|
* other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
|
|
* other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
|
|
* &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
|
|
* IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
|
|
* rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
|
|
* restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
|
|
* to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
|
|
* given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
|
|
* info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
|
|
* consisting of a nested array.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
|
|
* (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
|
|
* info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
|
|
* &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
|
|
* &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
|
|
* current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
|
|
* For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
|
|
* to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
|
|
* also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
|
|
* regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
|
|
* IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
|
|
* Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
|
|
* to a specific alpha2.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
|
|
* rules.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
|
|
* (u8, 0 or 1)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
|
|
* (u8, 0 or 1)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
|
|
* rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
|
|
* restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
|
|
* association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
|
|
* supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
|
|
* of the interface mode.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
|
|
* a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
|
|
* scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
|
|
* that can be added to a scan request
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
|
|
* elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
|
|
* used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
|
|
* scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
|
|
* currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
|
|
* set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
|
|
* an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
|
|
* that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
|
|
* and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
|
|
* represented as a u32
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
|
|
* a u32
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
|
|
* due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
|
|
* the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
|
|
* attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
|
|
* NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
|
|
* due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
|
|
* the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
|
|
* attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
|
|
* NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
|
|
* cipher suites
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
|
|
* for other networks on different channels
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
|
|
* is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
|
|
* used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
|
|
* this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
|
|
* must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
|
|
* Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
|
|
* let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
|
|
* &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
|
|
* IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
|
|
* station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
|
|
* request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
|
|
* authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
|
|
* default in station mode.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
|
|
* ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
|
|
* specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
|
|
* specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
|
|
* attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
|
|
* indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
|
|
* ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
|
|
* port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
|
|
* will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
|
|
* socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
|
|
* control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
|
|
* flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
|
|
* using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
|
|
* to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
|
|
* flag.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
|
|
* We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
|
|
* event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
|
|
* a local disconnect request.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
|
|
* event (u16)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
|
|
* that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
|
|
* indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
|
|
* to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
|
|
* (an array of u32).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
|
|
* indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
|
|
* u32).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
|
|
* indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
|
|
* (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
|
|
* indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
|
|
* sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
|
|
* sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
|
|
* commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
|
|
* Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
|
|
* Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
|
|
* used for the initial association to an ESS.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
|
|
* %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
|
|
* and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
|
|
* with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
|
|
* dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
|
|
* dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
|
|
* obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
|
|
* all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
|
|
* changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
|
|
* completely from scratch.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
|
|
* the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
|
|
* containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
|
|
* cache, a wiphy attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
|
|
* specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
|
|
* remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
|
|
* (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
|
|
* enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
|
|
* data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
|
|
* rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
|
|
* is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
|
|
* and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
|
|
* specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
|
|
* The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
|
|
* features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
|
|
* NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
|
|
* NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
|
|
* at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
|
|
* nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
|
|
* information about which frame types can be transmitted with
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
|
|
* nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
|
|
* information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
|
|
* acknowledged by the recipient.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
|
|
* nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
|
|
* is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
|
|
* invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
|
|
* NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
|
|
* connected to this BSS.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
|
|
* &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
|
|
* This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
|
|
* for non-automatic settings.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
|
|
* means support for per-station GTKs.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
|
|
* This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
|
|
* not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
|
|
* bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
|
|
*
|
|
* Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
|
|
* bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
|
|
* drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
|
|
* a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
|
|
* a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
|
|
* HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
|
|
* derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
|
|
* Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
|
|
* Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
|
|
* support by returning -EINVAL.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
|
|
* This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
|
|
* not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
|
|
* the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
|
|
* For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
|
|
* for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
|
|
* for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
|
|
* transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
|
|
* the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
|
|
* flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
|
|
* nl80211 capability flag.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
|
|
* attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
|
|
* See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
|
|
* changed once the mesh is active.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
|
|
* containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
|
|
* allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
|
|
* the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
|
|
* &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
|
|
* management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
|
|
* capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
|
|
* indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
|
|
* used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
|
|
* triggers.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
|
|
* cycles, in msecs.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
|
|
* sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
|
|
* that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
|
|
* pass-thru filter rules.
|
|
* For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
|
|
* set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
|
|
* attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
|
|
* fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
|
|
* able to ignore them by itself.
|
|
* Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
|
|
* this is only an optimization and the userspace application
|
|
* needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
|
|
* If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
|
|
* the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
|
|
* is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
|
|
* will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
|
|
* If ommited, no filtering is done.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
|
|
* interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
|
|
* defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
|
|
* are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
|
|
* any restrictions in their number or combinations.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
|
|
* necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
|
|
* nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
|
|
* being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
|
|
* without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
|
|
* and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
|
|
* &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
|
|
* This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
|
|
* provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
|
|
* driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
|
|
* Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
|
|
* (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
|
|
* (Re)Association Request frames.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
|
|
* of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
|
|
* as AP.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
|
|
* roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
|
|
* candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
|
|
* for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
|
|
* frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
|
|
* applications use this attribute.
|
|
* This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
|
|
* request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
|
|
* described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
|
|
* TDLS conversation between two devices.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
|
|
* &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
|
|
* as a TDLS peer sta.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
|
|
* procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
|
|
* used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
|
|
* that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
|
|
* with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
|
|
* &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
|
|
* the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
|
|
* it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
|
|
* mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
|
|
* &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
|
|
* requests while operating in AP-mode.
|
|
* This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
|
|
* offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
|
|
* probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
|
|
* to be filled by the FW.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
|
|
* this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
|
|
* ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
|
|
* Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
|
|
* The values that may be configured are:
|
|
* MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
|
|
* AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
|
|
* All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
|
|
* by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
|
|
* the station debugfs ht_caps file.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
|
|
* abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
|
|
* to one DFS region.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
|
|
* up to 16 TIDs.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
|
|
* used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
|
|
* to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
|
|
* the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
|
|
* capability to timeout the stations.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
|
|
* this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
|
|
* received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
|
|
* or 0 to disable background scan.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
|
|
* userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
|
|
* a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
|
|
* was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
|
|
* allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
|
|
* the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
|
|
* enum has different reasons of connection failure.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
|
|
* This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
|
|
* excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
|
|
* Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
|
|
* authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
|
|
* the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
|
|
* initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
|
|
* Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
|
|
* for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
|
|
* consistent.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
|
|
* association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
|
|
* the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
|
|
* START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
|
|
* if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
|
|
* no change is made.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
|
|
* defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
|
|
* carried in a u32 attribute
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
|
|
* MAC ACL.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
|
|
* number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
|
|
* ACL.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
|
|
* contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
|
|
* has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
|
|
* 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
|
|
* has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
|
|
* the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
|
|
* advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
|
|
* and PU-APSD.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
|
|
* &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
|
|
* receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
|
|
* messages, given with wiphy dump message
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
|
|
* Element
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
|
|
* reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
|
|
* the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
|
|
* This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
|
|
* allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
|
|
* update a TDLS peer STA entry.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
|
|
* until the channel switch event.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
|
|
* must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
|
|
* operation).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
|
|
* for the time while performing a channel switch.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
|
|
* switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
|
|
* switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
|
|
* As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
|
|
* supported operating classes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
|
|
* controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
|
|
* channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
|
|
* to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
|
|
* IBSS network.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
|
|
* 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
|
|
* 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
|
|
* Notification Element based on association request when used with
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
|
|
* %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
|
|
* u8 attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
|
|
* %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
|
|
* attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
|
|
* info, containing a nested array of possible events
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
|
|
* data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
|
|
* in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
|
|
* associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
|
|
* Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
|
|
* other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
|
|
* advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
|
|
* to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
|
|
* should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
|
|
* supported number of csa counters.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
|
|
* As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
|
|
* creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
|
|
* that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
|
|
* If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
|
|
* owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
|
|
* be stopped when the socket is closed.
|
|
* If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
|
|
* regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
|
|
* that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
|
|
* cleared when the socket is closed.
|
|
* If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
|
|
* if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
|
|
* notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
|
|
* attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
|
|
* multicast group.
|
|
* If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
|
|
* station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
|
|
* If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
|
|
* torn down when the socket is closed.
|
|
* If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
|
|
* automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
|
|
* If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
|
|
* disabled when the socket is closed.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
|
|
* the TDLS link initiator.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
|
|
* shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
|
|
* used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
|
|
* User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
|
|
* underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
|
|
* %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
|
|
* %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
|
|
* Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
|
|
* %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
|
|
* If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
|
|
* association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
|
|
* flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
|
|
* estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
|
|
* %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
|
|
* drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
|
|
* setting valid value for coverage class.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
|
|
* (per second) (u16 attribute)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
|
|
* &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
|
|
* is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
|
|
* obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
|
|
* cfg80211 regdomain.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
|
|
* array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
|
|
* nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
|
|
* least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
|
|
* is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
|
|
* of byte 3 (u8 array).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
|
|
* returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
|
|
* may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
|
|
* statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
|
|
* For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
|
|
* should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
|
|
* over all channels.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
|
|
* scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
|
|
* net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
|
|
* system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
|
|
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
|
|
* is operating in an indoor environment.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
|
|
* scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
|
|
* a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
|
|
* a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
|
|
* Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
|
|
* between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
|
|
* thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
|
|
* between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
|
|
* Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
|
|
* in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
|
|
* connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
|
|
* a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
|
|
* BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
|
|
* attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
|
|
* BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
|
|
* it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
|
|
* BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
|
|
* or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
|
|
* interface type.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
|
|
* groupID for monitor mode.
|
|
* The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
|
|
* group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
|
|
* each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
|
|
* that group and 0 for not being a member.
|
|
* The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
|
|
* each group.
|
|
* (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
|
|
* group numbers on least significant bits.)
|
|
* This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
|
|
* Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
|
|
* groupID data.
|
|
* to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
|
|
* when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
|
|
* to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
|
|
* (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
|
|
* started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
|
|
* requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
|
|
* attribute must not be included).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
|
|
* maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
|
|
* measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
|
|
* if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
|
|
* that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
|
|
* mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
|
|
* and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
|
|
* used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
|
|
* Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
|
|
* should not be used during a normal device operation.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
|
|
* bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
|
|
* nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
|
|
* would be set. This attribute is used with
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
|
|
* it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
|
|
* the device will decide what to use.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
|
|
* &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
|
|
* attribute.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
|
|
* See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
|
|
* protection.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
|
|
* Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
|
|
* STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
|
|
* packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
|
|
* used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
|
|
* other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
|
|
* connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
|
|
* This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
|
|
* other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
|
|
* the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
|
|
* unnecessary wakeups.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
|
|
* the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
|
|
* better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
|
|
* value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
|
|
* u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
|
|
* e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
|
|
* username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
|
|
* of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
|
|
* to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
|
|
* for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
|
|
* NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
|
|
* from successful FILS authentication and is used with
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
|
|
* identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
|
|
* For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
|
|
* handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
|
|
* used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
|
|
* specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
|
|
* indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
|
|
* scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
|
|
* in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
|
|
* wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
|
|
* authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
|
|
* &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
|
|
* &NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
|
|
* space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
|
|
* only with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request. The driver may offload
|
|
* authentication processing to user space if this capability is indicated
|
|
* in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests from the user space.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
|
|
* u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
|
|
* @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_attrs {
|
|
/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
|
|
|
|
/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* source-level API compatibility */
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
|
|
* here
|
|
*/
|
|
#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
|
|
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
|
|
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
|
|
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
|
|
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
|
|
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
|
|
#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
|
|
#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
|
|
#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
|
|
|
|
/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
|
|
#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
|
|
* are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
|
|
* AP type interface.
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
|
|
* and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
|
|
* commands to create and destroy one
|
|
* @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
|
|
* This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
|
|
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
|
|
*
|
|
* These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
|
|
* to set the type of an interface.
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype {
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
|
|
NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
|
|
* assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
|
|
* with short barker preamble
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
|
|
* only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
|
|
* flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
|
|
* attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
|
|
* as errors.)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
|
|
* that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
|
|
* previously added station into associated state
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_sta_flags {
|
|
__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
|
|
* @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
|
|
NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
|
|
NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
|
|
* @mask: mask of station flags to set
|
|
* @set: which values to set them to
|
|
*
|
|
* Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
|
|
__u32 mask;
|
|
__u32 set;
|
|
} __attribute__((packed));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
|
|
*
|
|
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
|
|
* when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
|
|
* There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
|
|
* a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
|
|
* If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
|
|
* with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
|
|
* (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
|
|
* User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
|
|
* back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
|
|
* same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
|
|
* a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
|
|
* half the base (20 MHz) rate
|
|
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
|
|
* a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
|
|
* a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
|
|
* @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_rate_info {
|
|
__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
|
|
*
|
|
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
|
|
* when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
|
|
* (flag)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
|
|
* (flag)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
|
|
__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
|
|
*
|
|
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
|
|
* when getting information about a station.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
|
|
* (u32, from this station)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
|
|
* (u32, to this station)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
|
|
* (u64, from this station)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
|
|
* (u64, to this station)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
|
|
* containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
|
|
* (u32, from this station)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
|
|
* (u32, to this station)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
|
|
* (u32, to this station)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
|
|
* (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
|
|
* attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
|
|
* containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
|
|
* non-peer STA
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
|
|
* Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
|
|
* Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
|
|
* 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
|
|
* (u64)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
|
|
* for beacons only (u8, dBm)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
|
|
* This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
|
|
* TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
|
|
* each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
|
|
* attributes carrying the actual values.
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
|
|
* received from the station (u64, usec)
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_sta_info {
|
|
__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
|
|
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
|
|
* attempted to transmit; u64)
|
|
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
|
|
* transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
|
|
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
|
|
* MSDUs (u64)
|
|
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
|
|
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_tid_stats {
|
|
__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
|
|
NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
|
|
NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
|
|
NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
|
|
NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
|
|
NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
|
|
*
|
|
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
|
|
* information about a mesh path.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
|
|
* &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
|
|
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
|
|
* currently defind
|
|
* @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_mpath_info {
|
|
__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
|
|
* an array of nested frequency attributes
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
|
|
* an array of nested bitrate attributes
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
|
|
* defined in 802.11n
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
|
|
* defined in 802.11ac
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
|
|
* @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_band_attr {
|
|
__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
|
|
* regulatory domain.
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
|
|
* are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
|
|
* requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
|
|
* on this channel in current regulatory domain.
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
|
|
* (100 * dBm).
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
|
|
* (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
|
|
* this channel is in this DFS state.
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
|
|
* channel as the control channel
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
|
|
* channel as the control channel
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
|
|
* as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
|
|
* this includes 80+80 channels
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
|
|
* using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
|
|
* isn't possible
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
|
|
* channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
|
|
* used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
|
|
* an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
|
|
* through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
|
|
* that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
|
|
* channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
|
|
* the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
|
|
* band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
|
|
* off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
|
|
* done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
|
|
* the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
|
|
* off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
|
|
* radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
|
|
* wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
|
|
* attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
|
|
* on this channel in current regulatory domain.
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
|
|
* on this channel in current regulatory domain.
|
|
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
|
|
* currently defined
|
|
* @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*
|
|
* See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
|
|
* for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
|
|
* by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
|
|
* NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
|
|
__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
|
|
__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
|
|
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
|
|
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
|
|
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
|
|
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
|
|
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
|
|
* @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
|
|
* in 2.4 GHz band.
|
|
* @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
|
|
* currently defined
|
|
* @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
|
|
__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
|
|
NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
|
|
* regulatory domain.
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
|
|
* regulatory domain.
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
|
|
* wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
|
|
* 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
|
|
* thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
|
|
* code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
|
|
* structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
|
|
* If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
|
|
* be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
|
|
* to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
|
|
* ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
|
|
* domain.
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
|
|
* driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
|
|
* and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
|
|
* them to be applied.
|
|
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
|
|
* of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
|
|
* set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
|
|
* domain request to be processed.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_reg_type {
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
|
|
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
|
|
* considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
|
|
* &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
|
|
* rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
|
|
* band edge.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
|
|
* in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
|
|
* band edge.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
|
|
* frequency range, in KHz.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
|
|
* for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
|
|
* If you don't have one then don't send this.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
|
|
* a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
|
|
* If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
|
|
* @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
|
|
* currently defined
|
|
* @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
|
|
__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
|
|
* only report BSS with matching SSID.
|
|
* (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
|
|
* BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
|
|
* if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
|
|
* the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
|
|
* matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
|
|
* how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
|
|
* the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
|
|
* attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
|
|
* %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
|
|
* relative to current bss's RSSI.
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
|
|
* BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
|
|
* RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
|
|
* value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
|
|
* (this cannot be used together with SSID).
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
|
|
* attribute number currently defined
|
|
* @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
|
|
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
|
|
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* only for backward compatibility */
|
|
#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
|
|
* this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
|
|
* beaconing.
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
|
|
* base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
|
|
* multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
|
|
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
|
|
__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
|
|
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
|
|
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
|
|
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
|
|
NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
|
|
#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
|
|
|
|
/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
|
|
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
|
|
NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
|
|
NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
|
|
NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
|
|
NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
|
|
* assumed if the attribute is not set.
|
|
* @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
|
|
* base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
|
|
* properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
|
|
* by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
|
|
* capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
|
|
* ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
|
|
* present has been registered with the wireless core that
|
|
* has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
|
|
* supported feature.
|
|
* @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
|
|
* platform is operating in an indoor environment.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
|
|
NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
|
|
NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
|
|
NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
|
|
*
|
|
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
|
|
* when getting information about a survey.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
|
|
* was turned on (on channel or globally)
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
|
|
* channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
|
|
* channel was sensed busy
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
|
|
* receiving data (on channel or globally)
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
|
|
* transmitting data (on channel or globally)
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
|
|
* (on this channel or globally)
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
|
|
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
|
|
* currently defined
|
|
* @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_survey_info {
|
|
__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* keep old names for compatibility */
|
|
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
|
|
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
|
|
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
|
|
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
|
|
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Monitor configuration flags.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
|
|
* overrides all other flags.
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
|
|
* and ACK incoming unicast packets.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
|
|
__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
|
|
* not known or has not been set yet.
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
|
|
* in Awake state all the time.
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
|
|
* alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
|
|
* neighbor's beacons.
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
|
|
* alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
|
|
* for neighbor's beacons.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
|
|
NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
|
|
* active.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
|
|
* millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
|
|
* millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
|
|
* millisecond units
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
|
|
* on this mesh interface
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
|
|
* open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
|
|
* mesh
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
|
|
* point.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
|
|
* peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
|
|
* set.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
|
|
* containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
|
|
* target)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
|
|
* (in milliseconds)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
|
|
* until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
|
|
* points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
|
|
* the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
|
|
* TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
|
|
* reference element
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
|
|
* that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
|
|
* mesh
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
|
|
* source mesh point for path selection elements.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
|
|
* root announcements are transmitted.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
|
|
* access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
|
|
* Announcement frames.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
|
|
* TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
|
|
* PERR element.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
|
|
* or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
|
|
* threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
|
|
* a peer link.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
|
|
* to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
|
|
* (see 11C.12.2.2)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
|
|
* which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
|
|
* information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
|
|
* proactive PREQs are transmitted.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
|
|
* (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
|
|
* containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
|
|
* type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
|
|
* established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
|
|
* remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
|
|
* the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
|
|
__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
|
|
* changed while the mesh is active.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
|
|
* vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
|
|
* default HWMP.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
|
|
* vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
|
|
* metric.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
|
|
* robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
|
|
* that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
|
|
* metrics in use.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
|
|
* daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
|
|
* daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
|
|
* Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
|
|
* a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
|
|
* management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
|
|
* functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
|
|
* key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
|
|
* autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
|
|
* userspace daemon.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
|
|
* vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
|
|
* neighbor offset synchronization
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
|
|
* implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
|
|
* method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
|
|
* Default is no authentication method required.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
|
|
__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
|
|
* disabled
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
|
|
* 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
|
|
* 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
|
|
* @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
|
|
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_txq_attr {
|
|
__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_ac {
|
|
NL80211_AC_VO,
|
|
NL80211_AC_VI,
|
|
NL80211_AC_BE,
|
|
NL80211_AC_BK,
|
|
NL80211_NUM_ACS
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* backward compat */
|
|
#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
|
|
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
|
|
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
|
|
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
|
|
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
|
|
* below the control channel
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
|
|
* above the control channel
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_channel_type {
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
|
|
*
|
|
* These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
|
|
* attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
|
|
* attribute must be provided as well
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
|
|
* attribute must be provided as well
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
|
|
* and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
|
|
* attribute must be provided as well
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
|
|
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_chan_width {
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
|
|
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
|
|
*
|
|
* These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
|
|
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
|
|
* (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
|
|
* from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
|
|
* that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
|
|
* raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
|
|
* if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
|
|
* different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
|
|
* they are from a Beacon frame.
|
|
* However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
|
|
* IEs may be from either frame subtype.
|
|
* If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
|
|
* data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
|
|
* in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
|
|
* in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
|
|
* elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
|
|
* yet been received
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
|
|
* (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
|
|
* (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
|
|
* was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
|
|
* accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
|
|
* octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
|
|
* this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
|
|
* is set.
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
|
|
* Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
|
|
* using the nesting index as the antenna number.
|
|
* @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_bss {
|
|
__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_TSF,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_PAD,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
|
|
* Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
|
|
* keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
|
|
* a given BSS.
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
|
|
*
|
|
* The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
|
|
* indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_status {
|
|
NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
|
|
* @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
|
|
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
|
|
* trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
|
|
* the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_auth_type {
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
|
|
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
|
|
* @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
|
|
* @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
|
|
* @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_key_type {
|
|
NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
|
|
NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
|
|
NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
|
|
* @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
|
|
* @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
|
|
* @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_mfp {
|
|
NL80211_MFP_NO,
|
|
NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
|
|
NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
|
|
NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
|
|
NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
|
|
* @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
|
|
* unicast key
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
|
|
* multicast key
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_key_default_types {
|
|
__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
|
|
* 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
|
|
* keys
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
|
|
* section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
|
|
* CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
|
|
* specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
|
|
* given with the command using the key or not (u32)
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
|
|
* attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
|
|
* See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
|
|
* @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
* @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_key_attributes {
|
|
__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DATA,
|
|
NL80211_KEY_IDX,
|
|
NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
|
|
NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
|
|
NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
|
|
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
|
|
* @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
|
|
* in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
|
|
* 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
|
|
* %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
|
|
* @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
|
|
* in an array of MCS numbers.
|
|
* @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
|
|
* see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
|
|
* @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
|
|
* @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
* @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
|
|
__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
|
|
#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
|
|
* @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
|
|
__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
|
|
NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
|
|
* @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
|
|
* since newer kernel versions may support more bands
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_band {
|
|
NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
|
|
NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
|
|
NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
|
|
* @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
|
|
* @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_ps_state {
|
|
NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
|
|
NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
|
|
* the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
|
|
* to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
|
|
* set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
|
|
* threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
|
|
* crosses any of the thresholds.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
|
|
* the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
|
|
* new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
|
|
* consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
|
|
* during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
|
|
* checked.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
|
|
* interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
|
|
* loss event
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
|
|
* RSSI threshold event.
|
|
* @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
|
|
__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
|
|
* @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
|
|
* configured threshold
|
|
* @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
|
|
* configured threshold
|
|
* @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
|
|
NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
|
|
NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
|
|
NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
|
|
* @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
|
|
* @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
|
|
* @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
|
|
NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
|
|
NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
|
|
NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
|
|
* @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
|
|
* @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
|
|
* a zero bit are ignored
|
|
* @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
|
|
* a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
|
|
* to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
|
|
* in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
|
|
* corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
|
|
* For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
|
|
* xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
|
|
* twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
|
|
* Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
|
|
* 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
|
|
* first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
|
|
* @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
|
|
* these fixed number of bytes of received packet
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
|
|
__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
|
|
NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
|
|
NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
|
|
MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
|
|
* @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
|
|
* @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
|
|
* @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
|
|
* @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
|
|
*
|
|
* This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
|
|
* that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
|
|
* by the kernel to userspace.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct nl80211_pattern_support {
|
|
__u32 max_patterns;
|
|
__u32 min_pattern_len;
|
|
__u32 max_pattern_len;
|
|
__u32 max_pkt_offset;
|
|
} __attribute__((packed));
|
|
|
|
/* only for backward compatibility */
|
|
#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
|
|
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
|
|
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
|
|
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
|
|
#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
|
|
#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
|
|
#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
|
|
* @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
|
|
* the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
|
|
* support for low-power operation already (flag)
|
|
* Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
|
|
* any others are even supported by the device.
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
|
|
* is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
|
|
* by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
|
|
* which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
|
|
* defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
|
|
* Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
|
|
* each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
|
|
* done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
|
|
* pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
|
|
*
|
|
* In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
|
|
* carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
|
|
*
|
|
* When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
|
|
* index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
|
|
* to the kernel when configuring.
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
|
|
* used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
|
|
* by the device (flag)
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
|
|
* done by the device) (flag)
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
|
|
* packet (flag)
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
|
|
* (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
|
|
* the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
|
|
* may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
|
|
* attribute contains the original length.
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
|
|
* packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
|
|
* attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
|
|
* 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
|
|
* be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
|
|
* contains the original length.
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
|
|
* packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
|
|
* attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
|
|
* "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
|
|
* containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
|
|
* the TCP connection.
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
|
|
* wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
|
|
* TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
|
|
* the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
|
|
* service
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
|
|
* is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
|
|
* same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
|
|
* specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
|
|
* channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
|
|
* results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
|
|
* attribute is also sent in a response to
|
|
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
|
|
* supported by the driver (u32).
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
|
|
* containing an array with information about what triggered the
|
|
* wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
|
|
* that the information is not available. If more than one
|
|
* element is present, it means that more than one match
|
|
* occurred.
|
|
* Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
|
|
* one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
|
|
* these attributes must be present. If
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
|
|
* frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
|
|
* channel.
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
|
|
*
|
|
* These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
|
|
* to report the wakeup reason(s).
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
|
|
__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
|
|
MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: TCP connection wakeup
|
|
*
|
|
* Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
|
|
* packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
|
|
* configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
|
|
* service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
|
|
* packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
|
|
* The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
|
|
* number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
|
|
* optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
|
|
* with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
|
|
*
|
|
* During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
|
|
* client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
|
|
* (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
|
|
* connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
|
|
* also woken up.
|
|
*
|
|
* Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
|
|
* response packets might not go through correctly.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
|
|
* @start: starting value
|
|
* @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
|
|
* @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
|
|
* keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
|
|
* in little endian.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
|
|
__u32 start, offset, len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
|
|
* @offset: offset of token in packet
|
|
* @len: length of each token
|
|
* @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
|
|
* be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
|
|
*/
|
|
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
|
|
__u32 offset, len;
|
|
__u8 token_stream[];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
|
|
* @min_len: minimum token length
|
|
* @max_len: maximum token length
|
|
* @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
|
|
__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
|
|
* @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
|
|
* (in network byte order)
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
|
|
* route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
|
|
* and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
|
|
* might require ARP querying.
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
|
|
* socket and port will be allocated
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
|
|
* For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
|
|
* of the data payload.
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
|
|
* (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
|
|
* advertising it is just a flag
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
|
|
* see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
|
|
* &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
|
|
* interval in feature advertising (u32)
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
|
|
* u32 attribute holding the maximum length
|
|
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
|
|
* feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
|
|
* but on the TCP payload only.
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
|
|
__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
|
|
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
|
|
MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
|
|
* @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
|
|
* @pat: packet pattern support information
|
|
* @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
|
|
*
|
|
* This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
|
|
* capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
|
|
__u32 max_rules;
|
|
struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
|
|
__u32 max_delay;
|
|
} __attribute__((packed));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
|
|
* @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
|
|
* see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
|
|
* after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
|
|
__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
|
|
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
|
|
* @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
|
|
* in a rule are matched.
|
|
* @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
|
|
* in a rule are not matched.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
|
|
NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
|
|
NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
|
|
* can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
|
|
* flag attribute for each interface type in this set
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
|
|
MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
|
|
* for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
|
|
* interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
|
|
* apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
|
|
* in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
|
|
* beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
|
|
* infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
|
|
* the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
|
|
* different channels may be used within this group.
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
|
|
* of supported channel widths for radar detection.
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
|
|
* of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
|
|
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
|
|
* different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
|
|
* in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
|
|
*
|
|
* Examples:
|
|
* limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
|
|
* => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
|
|
*
|
|
* numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
|
|
* => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
|
|
*
|
|
* numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
|
|
* => allows two STAs on different channels
|
|
*
|
|
* numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
|
|
* => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
|
|
*
|
|
* The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
|
|
* within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
|
|
* that any of these groups must match.
|
|
*
|
|
* "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
|
|
* a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
|
|
* be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
|
|
* interface type, the following group always exists:
|
|
* numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
|
|
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
|
|
MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
|
|
* state of non existant mesh peer links
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
|
|
* this mesh peer
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
|
|
* from this mesh peer
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
|
|
* received from this mesh peer
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
|
|
* plink are discarded
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_plink_state {
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
|
|
MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
|
|
* @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
|
|
*/
|
|
enum plink_actions {
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
|
|
NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
|
|
|
|
NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
|
|
#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
|
|
#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
|
|
* @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
|
|
* @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
|
|
* @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
|
|
* @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_rekey_data {
|
|
__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
|
|
NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
|
|
NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
|
|
MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
|
|
* @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
|
|
* Beacon frames)
|
|
* @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
|
|
* in Beacon frames
|
|
* @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
|
|
* element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
|
|
NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
|
|
NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
|
|
NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
|
|
* is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
|
|
* as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
|
|
* @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
|
|
* @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
|
|
__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
|
|
NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
|
|
* @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
|
|
* @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
|
|
* priority)
|
|
* @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
|
|
* @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
|
|
* (internal)
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
|
|
* (internal)
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
|
|
__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
|
|
NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
|
|
NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
|
|
MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
|
|
* Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
|
|
* NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
|
|
enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
|
|
};
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
|
|
* TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
|
|
* socket option.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
|
|
* the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
|
|
* to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
|
|
* cellular base stations.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
|
|
* here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
|
|
* equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
|
|
* mode
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
|
|
* OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
|
|
* for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
|
|
* setting
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
|
|
* powersave
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
|
|
* transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
|
|
* doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
|
|
* stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
|
|
* state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
|
|
* they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
|
|
* and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
|
|
* states using station flags.
|
|
* Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
|
|
* stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
|
|
* stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
|
|
* (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
|
|
* Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
|
|
* beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
|
|
* still generated by the driver.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
|
|
* interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
|
|
* interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
|
|
* unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
|
|
* channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
|
|
* lifetime of a BSS.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
|
|
* Set IE to probe requests.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
|
|
* to probe requests.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
|
|
* requests sent to it by an AP.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
|
|
* current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
|
|
* management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
|
|
* Measurement Report action frame.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
|
|
* estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
|
|
* to enable dynack.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
|
|
* multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
|
|
* even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
|
|
* multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
|
|
* and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
|
|
* rts/cts handshake.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
|
|
* TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
|
|
* command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
|
|
* needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
|
|
* the vif's MAC address upon creation.
|
|
* See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
|
|
* operating as a TDLS peer.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
|
|
* random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
|
|
* %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
|
|
* address mask/value will be used.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
|
|
* using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
|
|
* scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
|
|
* be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
|
|
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
|
|
* random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
|
|
* scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
|
|
* be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_feature_flags {
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
|
|
/* bit 13 is reserved */
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
|
|
NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
|
|
* can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
|
|
* the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
|
|
* NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
|
|
* sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
|
|
* certain groups which can be configured by the
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
|
|
* or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
|
|
* time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
|
|
* the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
|
|
* (if available).
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
|
|
* time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
|
|
* BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
|
|
* (if available).
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
|
|
* channel dwell time.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
|
|
* configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
|
|
* configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
|
|
* configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
|
|
* with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
|
|
* in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
|
|
* randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
|
|
* for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
|
|
* (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
|
|
* RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
|
|
* authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
|
|
* handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
|
|
* and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
|
|
* handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
|
|
* and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
|
|
* be supported.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
|
|
* the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
|
|
* actual dwell time.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
|
|
* response
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
|
|
* the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
|
|
* probe request tx deferral and suppression
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
|
|
* value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
|
|
* Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
|
|
* informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
|
|
* channel change triggered by radar detection event.
|
|
* No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
|
|
* "radar detected" event.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
|
|
* receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
|
|
* @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
|
|
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
|
|
|
|
/* add new features before the definition below */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
|
|
MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
|
|
* protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
|
|
* To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
|
|
* Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
|
|
* protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
|
|
* supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
|
|
* to the host.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
|
|
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
|
|
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
|
|
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
|
|
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
|
|
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
|
|
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
|
|
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
|
|
* @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
|
|
* handled by the AP is reached.
|
|
* @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
|
|
NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
|
|
NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
|
|
* @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
|
|
* @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
|
|
* @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
|
|
NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
|
|
NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
|
|
NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
|
|
NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
|
|
* of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
|
|
* requests.
|
|
*
|
|
* NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
|
|
* NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
|
|
* one of them can be used in the request.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
|
|
* as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
|
|
* dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
|
|
* will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
|
|
* when really needed
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
|
|
* for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
|
|
* flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
|
|
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
|
|
* the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
|
|
* randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
|
|
* locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
|
|
* This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
|
|
* the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
|
|
* request parameters IE in the probe request
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
|
|
* rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel,
|
|
* only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
|
|
* tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
|
|
* and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
|
|
* Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
|
|
* a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
|
|
* SSID and/or RSSI.
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
|
|
* accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
|
|
* scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
|
|
* implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
|
|
* impacted with this flag.
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
|
|
* optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
|
|
* optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
|
|
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
|
|
* results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
|
|
* possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
|
|
* possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
|
|
* Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_scan_flags {
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
|
|
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
|
|
*
|
|
* Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
|
|
* %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
|
|
* be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
|
|
* listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
|
|
* in ACL to authenticate.
|
|
* @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
|
|
* in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_acl_policy {
|
|
NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
|
|
NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
|
|
*
|
|
* Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
|
|
* @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
|
|
* @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
|
|
* turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_smps_mode {
|
|
NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
|
|
NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
|
|
NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
|
|
|
|
__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
|
|
*
|
|
* Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
|
|
* about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
|
|
* now unusable.
|
|
* @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
|
|
* the channel is now available.
|
|
* @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
|
|
* change to the channel status.
|
|
* @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
|
|
* over, channel becomes usable.
|
|
* @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
|
|
* non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
|
|
* be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
|
|
* applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
|
|
* @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
|
|
* should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_radar_event {
|
|
NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
|
|
NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
|
|
NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
|
|
NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
|
|
NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
|
|
NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
|
|
*
|
|
* Channel states used by the DFS code.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
|
|
* check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
|
|
* is therefore marked as not available.
|
|
* @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_dfs_state {
|
|
NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
|
|
NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
|
|
NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
|
|
* @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
|
|
* wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
|
|
* wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
|
|
* %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_protocol_features {
|
|
NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
|
|
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
|
|
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
|
|
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
|
|
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
|
|
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
|
|
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
|
|
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
|
|
/* add other protocols before this one */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
|
|
#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
|
|
NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
|
|
* a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
|
|
* yet, so that's not valid so far)
|
|
*/
|
|
#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
|
|
* @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
|
|
* value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
|
|
* may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
|
|
* added to this file when needed.
|
|
* @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
|
|
*/
|
|
struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
|
|
__u32 vendor_id;
|
|
__u32 subcmd;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
|
|
*
|
|
* Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
|
|
* to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
|
|
* @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
|
|
NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
|
|
* @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
|
|
* seconds (u32).
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
|
|
* scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
|
|
* because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
|
|
* make the scan plan meaningless.
|
|
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
|
|
* currently defined
|
|
* @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
|
|
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
|
|
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
|
|
*
|
|
* @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
|
|
* of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
|
|
* @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
|
|
__u8 band;
|
|
__s8 delta;
|
|
} __attribute__((packed));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
|
|
*
|
|
* @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
|
|
* is requested.
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
|
|
* selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
|
|
* When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
|
|
* shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
|
|
* this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
|
|
* BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
|
|
* RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
|
|
* value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
|
|
* @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
|
|
* @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
|
|
*
|
|
* One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
|
|
* for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
|
|
* which the driver shall use.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
|
|
__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
|
|
*
|
|
* Defines the function type of a NAN function
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
|
|
*
|
|
* Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
|
|
NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
|
|
*
|
|
* Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
|
|
*
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
|
|
#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
|
|
#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
|
|
* specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
|
|
* publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
|
|
* Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
|
|
* publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
|
|
* the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
|
|
* subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
|
|
* The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
|
|
* is follow up. This is a u8.
|
|
* The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
|
|
* follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
|
|
* close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
|
|
* This is a flag.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
|
|
* stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
|
|
* specific info. This is a binary attribute.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
|
|
* See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
|
|
* attribute. It is a list of binary values.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
|
|
* nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
|
|
* Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
|
|
* See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
|
|
__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
|
|
* This is a flag.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
|
|
* &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
|
|
* &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
|
|
* and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
|
|
* attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
|
|
__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
|
|
* @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
|
|
* match. This is a nested attribute.
|
|
* See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
|
|
* that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
|
|
* See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
|
|
* @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
|
|
__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
|
|
NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
|
|
* authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
|
|
* @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
|
|
NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
|
|
NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
|